blob: ffc6d13bb417d1c6e6e2af8cd19493ca5551445f [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000062 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000063 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000082 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +000090/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
91/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
92/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
93///
94void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
95 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
96{
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000097 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 if (!attr)
99 return;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
101 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000103 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
104 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
107 int isMethod = 0;
108 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
109 // skip over named parameters.
110 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
111 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
112 if (nullPos)
113 --nullPos;
114 else
115 ++i;
116 }
117 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
118 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000119 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000120 // skip over named parameters.
121 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
122 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000129 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000130 // block or function pointer call.
131 QualType Ty = V->getType();
132 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
133 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000134 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
135 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000136 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
137 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
138 unsigned k;
139 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
140 if (nullPos)
141 --nullPos;
142 else
143 ++i;
144 }
145 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
146 }
147 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
148 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000149 } else
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000150 return;
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000151 } else
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000152 return;
153
154 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000155 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000157 return;
158 }
159 int sentinel = i;
160 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
161 --sentinelPos;
162 ++i;
163 }
164 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
165 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000166 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000167 return;
168 }
169 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
170 ++i;
171 ++sentinel;
172 }
173 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
174 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
175 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000176 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000177 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000178 }
179 return;
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000180}
181
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000182SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
183 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
184 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
185}
186
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000187//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
188// Standard Promotions and Conversions
189//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
190
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
192void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
193 QualType Ty = E->getType();
194 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
195
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
197 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000198 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
199 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
200 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
201 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
202 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
203 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
204 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000205 //
206 // C++ 4.2p1:
207 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
208 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
209 //
210 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
211 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000212 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
213 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000214}
215
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000216/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
217/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
218///
219/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
220/// promotion occurs.
221static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000222 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
223 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000224 return QualType();
225
226 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
227 if (!BT)
228 return QualType();
229
230 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
231 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
232 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
233 return QualType();
234
235 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
236 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
237 return QualType();
238
239 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
240 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
241 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
242 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
243 return Context.IntTy;
244
245 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
246 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
247
248 return QualType();
249}
250
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000251/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
252/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
253/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
254/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
255/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
256Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
257 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
258 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
259
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000260 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
261 //
262 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
263 // unsigned int may be used:
264 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
265 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
266 // and unsigned int.
267 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
268 //
269 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
270 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
271 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
272 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
273 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000274 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000275 return Expr;
276 } else {
277 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
278 if (!T.isNull()) {
279 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
280 return Expr;
281 }
282 }
283
284 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 return Expr;
286}
287
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000288/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
289/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
290/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
291void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
292 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
293 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
294
295 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
296 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
297 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
298 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
299
300 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
301}
302
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000303/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
304/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
305/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
306/// completely illegal.
307bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000308 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
309
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000310 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
311 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
312 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
313 << Expr->getType() << CT;
314 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000315 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000316
317 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
318 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
319 << Expr->getType() << CT;
320
321 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000322}
323
324
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000325/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
326/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
327/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
328/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
329/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
330/// GCC.
331QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
332 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000333 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000334 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000335
336 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000337
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
339 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000340 QualType lhs =
341 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
342 QualType rhs =
343 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000344
345 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
346 if (lhs == rhs)
347 return lhs;
348
349 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
350 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
351 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
352 return lhs;
353
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000354 // Perform bitfield promotions.
355 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
356 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
357 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
358 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
359 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
360 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
361
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000362 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000363 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000364 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000365 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000366 return destType;
367}
368
369QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
370 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
371 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
372 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
373 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
374 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000375 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
376 lhs = Context.IntTy;
377 else
378 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
379 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
380 rhs = Context.IntTy;
381 else
382 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000383
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000384 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
385 if (lhs == rhs)
386 return lhs;
387
388 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
389 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
390 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
391 return lhs;
392
393 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
394
395 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
396 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
397 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
398 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
399 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000400 return lhs;
401 }
402 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
403 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000404 return rhs;
405 }
406 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
407 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
408 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
409 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
410 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
411 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
412 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
413 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
414 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
415 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
416 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
417
418 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
419 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000420 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
421 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000422 }
423 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
424 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
425 // does not require this promotion.
426 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
427 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000428 return rhs;
429 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000430 return lhs;
431 }
432 }
433 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
434 }
435 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
436 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
437 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000438 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000439 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000440 return lhs;
441 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000442 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
443 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
444 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
445 }
446 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000447 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000448 return rhs;
449 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000450 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
451 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
452 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
453 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000454 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
455 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
456 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000457 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000458 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000459 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
460 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000461 }
462 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
463 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
464 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
465 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
466
467 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
468 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000469 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
470 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000471 return rhs;
472 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
473 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000474 return lhs;
475 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
476 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000477 return rhs;
478 }
479 }
480 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
481 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
482 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
483 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
484 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
485 QualType destType;
486 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
487 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
488 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
489 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
490 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
491 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
492 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
493 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
494 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
495 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
496 // use the signed type.
497 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
498 } else {
499 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
500 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
501 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
502 // to the signed type.
503 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
504 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000505 return destType;
506}
507
508//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
509// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
510//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
511
512
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000513/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000514/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
515/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
516/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
517/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000518///
519Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000520Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000521 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
522
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000523 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000524 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000525 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000526
527 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
528 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
529 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000530
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000531 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000532 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000533 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000534
535 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
536 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
537 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000538
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000539 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
540 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
541 // strings.
542 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000543 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000544 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000545
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000546 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000547 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
548 Literal.GetStringLength(),
549 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
550 &StringTokLocs[0],
551 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000552}
553
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000554/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
555/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
556/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
557/// for values inside the block or for globals).
558///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000559/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
560/// up-to-date.
561///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000562static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
563 ValueDecl *VD) {
564 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
565 // we wanted to.
566 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
567 return false;
568
569 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
570 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
571 return false;
572
573 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
574 // snapshot it.
575 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
576 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000577 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
578 return false;
579
580 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
581 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
582
583 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
584 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
585 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
586 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
587 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
588 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
589 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
590 // having a reference outside it.
591 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
592 break;
593
594 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
595 // a snapshot as well.
596 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
597 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000598
599 return true;
600}
601
602
603
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000604/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000605/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000606/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000607/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000608/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000609Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
610 IdentifierInfo &II,
611 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000612 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
613 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
614 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000615 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000616}
617
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000618/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
619/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
620/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000621Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000622Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
623 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
624 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson9bd48662009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000625 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
626 Diag(Loc,
627 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
628 << D->getDeclName();
629 return ExprError();
630 }
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000631
632 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
633 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
634 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
635 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
636 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
637 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
638 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
639 << D->getIdentifier();
640 return ExprError();
641 }
642 }
643 }
644 }
645
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000646 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000647
648 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000649 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000650 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
651 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000652 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000653 } else
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000654 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
655
656 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000657}
658
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000659/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
660/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
661/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000662static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
663 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000664 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
665 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
666
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000667 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
668 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
669 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000670 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000671 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
672 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000673 D != DEnd; ++D) {
674 if (*D == Record) {
675 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
676 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
677 ++D;
678 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000679 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000680 return *D;
681 }
682 }
683
684 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
685 return 0;
686}
687
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000688/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
689/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
690/// actual member.
691///
692/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
693/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
694/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
695/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
696/// we found.
697///
698/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
699/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
700/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
701VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
702 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000703 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
704 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
705 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
706
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000707 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000708 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
709 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
710 do {
711 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000712 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000713 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000714 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000715 else {
716 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
717 break;
718 }
719 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
720 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
721 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000722
723 return BaseObject;
724}
725
726Sema::OwningExprResult
727Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
728 FieldDecl *Field,
729 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
730 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
731 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
732 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
733 AnonFields);
734
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000735 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
736 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
737 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
738 // found via name lookup.
739 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
740 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
741 if (BaseObject) {
742 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
743 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000744 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000745 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000746 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000747 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000748 ExtraQuals
749 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
750 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
751 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
752 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
753 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
754 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000755 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000756 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
757 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
758 }
759 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
760 } else {
761 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
762 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
763 // program our base object expression is "this".
764 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
765 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
766 QualType AnonFieldType
767 = Context.getTagDeclType(
768 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
769 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
770 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
771 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
772 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
773 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000774 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000775 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000776 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
777 }
778 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000779 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
780 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000781 }
782 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
783 }
784
785 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000786 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
787 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000788 }
789
790 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
791 // anonymous struct/union.
792 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000793 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseObjectExpr->getType().getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000794 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
795 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
796 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
797 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
798 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
799 unsigned combinedQualifiers
800 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
801 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
802 }
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000803 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
804 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000805 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000806 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
807 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000808 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
809 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000810 }
811
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000812 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000813}
814
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000815/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
816/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
817/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
818/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
819/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
820/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
821/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
822/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
823/// forms.
824///
825/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
826/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
827/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
828/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000829///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000830/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
831/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
832/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
833/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000834Sema::OwningExprResult
835Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
836 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000837 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000838 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000839 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000840 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
841 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000842
843 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
844 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
845 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
846 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000847 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000848 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000849 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
850 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson4e8d5692009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000851 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
852 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000853 }
854
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000855 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
856 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000857
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000858 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
859 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
860 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
861 : SourceRange());
862 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000863 }
864
865 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000866
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000867 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
868 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000869 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
870 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000871 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
872 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000873 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
874 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
875 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000876 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000877 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000878 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000879 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000880 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000881 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
882 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000883
884 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
885 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
886 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
887 return ExprError();
888
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000889 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
890 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
891 // an error.
892 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
893 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
894 << IV->getDeclName());
895 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
896 // same name exists, use the global.
897 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000898 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
899 ClassDeclared != IFace)
900 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000901 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
902 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000903 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argiris Kirtzidis3bb49042009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000904 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
905 II, false);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000906 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000907 return Owned(new (Context)
908 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000909 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000910 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000911 }
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000912 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000913 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
914 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000915 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000916 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000917 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
918 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000919 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000920 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000921 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000922 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000923 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000924 QualType T;
925
926 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000927 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
928 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000929 else
930 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000931 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000932 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000933 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000934
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000935 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
936 // argument-dependent lookup.
937 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
938 HasTrailingLParen;
939
940 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000941 // We've seen something of the form
942 //
943 // identifier(
944 //
945 // and we did not find any entity by the name
946 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
947 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
948 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
949 Context.OverloadTy,
950 Loc));
951 }
952
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000953 if (D == 0) {
954 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
955 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000956 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000957 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000958 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000959 else {
960 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
961 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000962 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000963 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
964 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000965 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
966 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000967 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
968 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000969 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000970 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000971 }
972 }
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000973
974 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
975 // Warn about constructs like:
976 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
977 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
978
979 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
980 // information to check this property.
981 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
982 Scope *CheckS = S;
983 while (CheckS) {
984 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
985 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
986 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
987 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
988 << Var->getDeclName());
989 else
990 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
991 << Var->getDeclName());
992 break;
993 }
994
995 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
996 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
997 if (CheckS)
998 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
999 }
1000 }
1001 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1002 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1003 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1004 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1005 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1006 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1007 // type.
1008 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
1009 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001010
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001011 QualType T = Func->getType();
1012 QualType NoProtoType = T;
1013 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1014 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
1015 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
1016 }
1017 }
1018
1019 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
1020}
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001021/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian843336e2009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001022bool
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001023Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1024 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
1025 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
1026 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
1027 QualType DestType =
1028 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian3ae1c802009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001029 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1030 return false;
1031 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1032 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001033 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian3ae1c802009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001034 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1035 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001036 }
Fariborz Jahanian3ae1c802009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001037 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1038 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1039 DestRecordType,
1040 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1041 From->getSourceRange()))
1042 return true;
Anders Carlsson85186942009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001043 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1044 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001045 }
Fariborz Jahanian843336e2009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001046 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001047}
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001048
1049/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1050Sema::OwningExprResult
1051Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
1052 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1053 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1054 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1055 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
1056 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1057
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001058 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
1059 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
1060 // not any specific instance's member.
1061 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001062 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001063 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001064 QualType DType;
1065 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1066 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1067 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1068 DType = Method->getType();
1069 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1070 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
1071 }
1072 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
1073 if (!DType.isNull()) {
1074 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
1075 // dependent.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001076 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001077 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001078 }
1079 }
1080 }
1081
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001082 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1083 // (C++ [class.union]).
1084 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
1085 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
1086 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001087
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001088 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1089 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1090 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1091 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1092 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1093 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1094 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1095 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1096 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1097 QualType MemberType;
1098 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1099 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1100 MemberType = FD->getType();
1101
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001102 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001103 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1104 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1105 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1106 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1107 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1108 }
1109 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1110 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1111 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1112 MemberType = Method->getType();
1113 }
1114 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1115 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1116 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1117 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1118 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1119 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1120 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1121 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1122 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1123 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1124 break;
1125 }
1126 }
1127 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001128
1129 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001130 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1131 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1132 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1133 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1134 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1135 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001136 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001137 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001138 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanian843336e2009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001139 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1140 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001141 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001142 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001143 }
1144 }
1145 }
1146 }
1147
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001148 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001149 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1150 if (MD->isStatic())
1151 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001152 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1153 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001154 }
1155
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001156 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1157 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1158 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001159 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1160 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001161 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001162
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001163 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001164 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001165 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001166 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001167 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001168 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001169
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001170 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001171 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001172 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1173 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001174 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001175 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1176 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001177 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001178
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001179 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1180 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1181 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1182 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001183 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
1184 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001185 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1186 return ExprError();
1187
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001188 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1189 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001190 return ExprError();
1191
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001192 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1193 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1194 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1195 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001196 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001197 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1198 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1199 //
1200 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001201 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001202 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001203 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001204 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001205 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001206 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1207 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001208 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001209
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001210 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001211 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1212 constAdded));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001213 }
1214 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1215 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001216
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001217 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001218 bool ValueDependent = false;
1219 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1220 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1221 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1222 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1223 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1224 TypeDependent = true;
1225 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1226 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1227 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1228 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1229 TypeDependent = true;
1230 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1231 // names a dependent type.
1232 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001233 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001234 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1235 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001236 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001237 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1238 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1239 TypeDependent = true;
1240 break;
1241 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001242 }
1243 }
1244 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001245
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001246 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1247 //
1248 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1249 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1250 if (TypeDependent)
1251 ValueDependent = true;
1252 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1253 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1254 ValueDependent = true;
1255 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1256 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedman1f7744a2009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001257 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1258 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1259 Dcl->getInit()) {
1260 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1261 }
1262 }
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001263 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001264
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001265 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1266 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001267}
1268
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001269Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1270 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001271 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001272
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001273 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001274 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001275 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1276 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1277 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001278 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001279
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001280 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1281 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001282 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001283 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1284 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001285 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1286 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1287 else {
1288 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1289 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1290 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1291 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001292
1293
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001294 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001295 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001296 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001297 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001298}
1299
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001300Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001301 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1302 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1303 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1304 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001305
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001306 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1307 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1308 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001309 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001310
1311 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1312
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001313 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1314 Literal.isWide(),
1315 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001316}
1317
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001318Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1319 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001320 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1321 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001322 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001323 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001324 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001325 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001326 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001327
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001328 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001329 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1330 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001331 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001332
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001333 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1334 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001335
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001336 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1337 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1338 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001339 return ExprError();
1340
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001341 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001342
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001343 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001344 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001345 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001346 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001347 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001348 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001349 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001350 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001351
1352 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1353
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001354 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1355 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnerff1bf1a2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001356 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1357 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001358
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001359 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001360 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001361 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001362 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001363
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001364 // long long is a C99 feature.
1365 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001366 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001367 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1368
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001369 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001370 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001371
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001372 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1373 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1374 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001375 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1376 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001377 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001378 } else {
1379 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1380 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001381
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001382 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1383 // be an unsigned int.
1384 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1385
1386 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001387 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001388 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1389 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001390 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001391
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001392 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1393 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1394 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1395 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001396 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001397 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001398 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001399 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001400 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001401 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001402
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001403 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001404 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001405 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001406
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001407 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1408 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1409 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1410 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001411 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001412 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001413 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001414 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001415 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001416 }
1417
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001418 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001419 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001420 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001421
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001422 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1423 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1424 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1425 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001426 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001427 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001428 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001429 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001430 }
1431 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001432
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001433 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1434 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001435 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001436 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001437 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001438 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001439 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001440
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001441 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1442 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001443 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001444 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001445 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001446
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001447 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1448 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001449 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1450 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001451
1452 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001453}
1454
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001455Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1456 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001457 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001458 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001459 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001460}
1461
1462/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1463/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001464bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001465 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1466 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1467 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001468 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1469 return false;
1470
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001471 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001472 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001473 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001474 if (isSizeof)
1475 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1476 return false;
1477 }
1478
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001479 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001480 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001481 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1482 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001483 return false;
1484 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001485
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001486 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1487 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1488 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1489 ExprRange))
1490 return true;
1491
1492 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001493 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001494 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001495 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1496 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001497 }
1498
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001499 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001500}
1501
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001502bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1503 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1504 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001505
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001506 // alignof decl is always ok.
1507 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1508 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001509
1510 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1511 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1512 return false;
1513
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001514 if (E->getBitField()) {
1515 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1516 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001517 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001518
1519 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1520 // bit-field.
1521 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump6eeaa782009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001522 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001523 return false;
1524
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001525 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1526}
1527
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001528/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1529Action::OwningExprResult
1530Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1531 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1532 if (T.isNull())
1533 return ExprError();
1534
1535 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1536 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1537 return ExprError();
1538
1539 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1540 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1541 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1542 R.getEnd()));
1543}
1544
1545/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1546/// operand.
1547Action::OwningExprResult
1548Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1549 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1550 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1551 bool isInvalid = false;
1552 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1553 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1554 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1555 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001556 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001557 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1558 isInvalid = true;
1559 } else {
1560 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1561 }
1562
1563 if (isInvalid)
1564 return ExprError();
1565
1566 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1567 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1568 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1569 R.getEnd()));
1570}
1571
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001572/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1573/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1574/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001575Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001576Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1577 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001578 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001579 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001580
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001581 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001582 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1583 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1584 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001585
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001586 // Get the end location.
1587 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1588 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1589 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1590
1591 if (Result.isInvalid())
1592 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1593
1594 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001595}
1596
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001597QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001598 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1599 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001600
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001601 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001602 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1603 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001604
1605 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1606 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1607 return V->getType();
1608
1609 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001610 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1611 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001612 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001613}
1614
1615
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001616
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001617Action::OwningExprResult
1618Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1619 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1620 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001621
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001622 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1623 switch (Kind) {
1624 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1625 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1626 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1627 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001628
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001629 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1630 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1631 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001632 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001633 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1634
1635 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1636 //
1637 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1638 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1639 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1640 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1641 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1642 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1643 // argument will have value zero.
1644 Expr *Args[2] = {
1645 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001646 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1647 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001648 };
1649
1650 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1651 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001652 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001653
1654 // Perform overload resolution.
1655 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001656 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001657 case OR_Success: {
1658 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1659 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1660
1661 if (FnDecl) {
1662 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1663 // operator.
1664
1665 // Convert the arguments.
1666 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1667 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001668 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001669 } else {
1670 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001671 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001672 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1673 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001674 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001675 }
1676
1677 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001678 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001679 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1680 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001681
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001682 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001683 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001684 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001685 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1686
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001687 Input.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001688 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001689 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1690 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1691 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001692 } else {
1693 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1694 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1695 // operator node.
1696 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1697 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001698 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001699
1700 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001701 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001702 }
1703
1704 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1705 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1706 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1707 break;
1708
1709 case OR_Ambiguous:
1710 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1711 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1712 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1713 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001714 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001715
1716 case OR_Deleted:
1717 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1718 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1719 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1720 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1721 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1722 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001723 }
1724
1725 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1726 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1727 // build a built-in operation.
1728 }
1729
Eli Friedman94d30952009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001730 Input.release();
1731 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedman79341142009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001732 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001733}
1734
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001735Action::OwningExprResult
1736Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1737 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1738 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1739 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001740
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001741 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorde72f3e2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001742 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1743 Base.release();
1744 Idx.release();
1745 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1746 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1747 }
1748
1749 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001750 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001751 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1752 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1753 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001754 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1755 // to the candidate set.
1756 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1757 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001758 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1759 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001760
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001761 // Perform overload resolution.
1762 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001763 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001764 case OR_Success: {
1765 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1766 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1767
1768 if (FnDecl) {
1769 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1770 // operator.
1771
1772 // Convert the arguments.
1773 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1774 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1775 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1776 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1777 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001778 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001779 } else {
1780 // Convert the arguments.
1781 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1782 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1783 "passing") ||
1784 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1785 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1786 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001787 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001788 }
1789
1790 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001791 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001792 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1793 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001794
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001795 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001796 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1797 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001798 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1799
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001800 Base.release();
1801 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001802 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1803 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001804 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1805 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001806 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001807 } else {
1808 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1809 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1810 // operator node.
1811 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1812 "passing") ||
1813 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1814 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001815 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001816
1817 break;
1818 }
1819 }
1820
1821 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1822 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1823 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1824 break;
1825
1826 case OR_Ambiguous:
1827 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1828 << "[]"
1829 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1830 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001831 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001832
1833 case OR_Deleted:
1834 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1835 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1836 << "[]"
1837 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1838 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1839 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001840 }
1841
1842 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1843 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1844 // build a built-in operation.
1845 }
1846
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001847 // Perform default conversions.
1848 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1849 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001850
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001851 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1852
1853 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001854 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001855 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001856 // and index from the expression types.
1857 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1858 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001859 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1860 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1861 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1862 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001863 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001864 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1865 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001866 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001867 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001868 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1869 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1870 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001871 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001872 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1873 LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1874 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1875 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1876 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
1877 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1878 RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1879 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1880 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1881 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1882 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001883 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1884 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001885 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001886
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001887 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1888 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001889 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1890 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1891 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1892 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1893 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1894 // force the promotion here.
1895 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1896 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1897 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1898 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1899
1900 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1901 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001902 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001903 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1904 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1905 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1906 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1907 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1908 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1909
1910 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1911 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001912 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001913 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001914 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1915 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001916 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001917 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001918 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001919 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1920 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001921
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001922 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1923 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1924 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1925 // incomplete types are not object types.
1926 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1927 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1928 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1929 return ExprError();
1930 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001931
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001932 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001933 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001934 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1935 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001936
1937 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1938 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1939 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1940 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1941 return ExprError();
1942 }
1943
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001944 Base.release();
1945 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001946 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001947 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001948}
1949
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001950QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001951CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001952 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001953 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001954
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001955 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1956 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001957
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001958 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001959 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1960 // to be selected.
1961 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001962
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001963 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1964 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begemane2ed6f72009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001965 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001966
1967 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1968 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001969 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001970 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1971 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001972 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001973 do
1974 compStr++;
1975 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001976 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001977 do
1978 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001979 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001980 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001981
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001982 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001983 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1984 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001985 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1986 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001987 return QualType();
1988 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001989
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001990 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1991 // operates on.
1992 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1993 compStr = CompName.getName();
1994
1995 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001996 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001997
1998 while (*compStr) {
1999 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2000 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2001 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2002 return QualType();
2003 }
2004 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002005 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002006
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002007 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
2008 // number of elements.
2009 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002010 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002011 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002012 return QualType();
2013 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002014
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002015 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002016 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002017 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002018 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002019 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002020 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
2021 : CompName.getLength();
2022 if (HexSwizzle)
2023 CompSize--;
2024
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002025 if (CompSize == 1)
2026 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002027
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002028 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002029 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002030 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2031 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2032 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2033 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002034 }
2035 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002036}
2037
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002038static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
2039 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002040 const Selector &Sel,
2041 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002042
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002043 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002044 return PD;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002045 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002046 return OMD;
2047
2048 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2049 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002050 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
2051 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002052 return D;
2053 }
2054 return 0;
2055}
2056
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002057static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002058 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002059 const Selector &Sel,
2060 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002061 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2062 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002063 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002064 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002065 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002066 GDecl = PD;
2067 break;
2068 }
2069 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002070 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002071 GDecl = OMD;
2072 break;
2073 }
2074 }
2075 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002076 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002077 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2078 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002079 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002080 if (GDecl)
2081 return GDecl;
2082 }
2083 }
2084 return GDecl;
2085}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002086
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002087/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2088/// all base class implementations.
2089///
2090ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2091 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2092 const Selector &Sel) {
2093 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Argiris Kirtzidisb1c4ee52009-07-21 00:06:04 +00002094 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl = IFace->getImplementation())
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002095 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002096
2097 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2098 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2099 return Method;
2100}
2101
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002102Action::OwningExprResult
2103Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2104 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002105 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002106 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002107 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002108 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002109
2110 // Perform default conversions.
2111 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002112
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002113 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2114 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002115
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002116 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2117 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002118 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002119 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002120 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2121 BaseExpr, true,
2122 OpLoc,
2123 DeclarationName(&Member),
2124 MemberLoc));
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002125 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002126 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002127 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2128 ;
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002129 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002130 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2131 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002132 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002133 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2134 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2135 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002136 } else {
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002137 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2138 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2139 // (so we'll report an error for)
2140 // T* t;
2141 // t.f;
2142 //
2143 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2144 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2145 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002146 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002147
2148 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2149 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002150 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2151 BaseExpr, false,
2152 OpLoc,
2153 DeclarationName(&Member),
2154 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002155 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002156 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002157
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002158 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2159 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002160 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002161 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002162 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002163 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2164 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2165 return ExprError();
2166
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002167 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002168 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002169 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002170 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002171 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002172
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002173 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002174 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2175 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002176 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002177 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2178 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2179 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002180 }
2181
2182 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002183
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002184 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2185 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2186 // error cases.
2187 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2188 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002189
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002190 // Check the use of this field
2191 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2192 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002193
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002194 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002195 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2196 // (C++ [class.union]).
2197 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002198 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002199 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002200
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002201 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002202 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002203 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002204 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2205 else {
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002206 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseType.getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002207 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2208 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002209 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002210 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2211 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002212 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
2213 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002214 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002215
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002216 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian843336e2009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002217 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2218 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002219 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2220 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002221 }
2222
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002223 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2224 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002225 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002226 Var, MemberLoc,
2227 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002228 }
2229 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2230 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002231 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002232 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2233 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002234 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002235 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2236 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002237 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002238 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002239 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2240 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002241 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2242 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002243 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002244 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002245 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2246 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002247
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002248 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2249 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2250 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002251 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2252 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2253 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002254 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002255
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002256 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
Steve Naroff7982a642009-07-13 17:19:15 +00002257 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002258 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2259 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2260 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2261 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2262 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2263 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2264 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2265 // Check the use of this method.
2266 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2267 return ExprError();
2268 }
2269 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2270 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2271 Selector SetterSel =
2272 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2273 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2274 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2275 if (!Setter) {
2276 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2277 // methods.
2278 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2279 }
2280 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argiris Kirtzidis20096862009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002281 if (!Setter)
2282 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002283
2284 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2285 return ExprError();
2286
2287 if (Getter || Setter) {
2288 QualType PType;
2289
2290 if (Getter)
2291 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2292 else {
2293 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2294 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2295 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2296 }
2297 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2298 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2299 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2300 }
2301 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2302 << &Member << BaseType);
2303 }
2304 }
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002305 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2306 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002307 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2308 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
2309 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2310 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
2311 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002312 if (IFaceT) {
2313 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2314 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2315 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member, ClassDeclared);
2316
2317 if (IV) {
2318 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2319 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2320 // error cases.
2321 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2322 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002323
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002324 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2325 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2326 return ExprError();
2327 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2328 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2329 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2330 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2331 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2332 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2333 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2334 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2335 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2336 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2337 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2338 // AST for a function decl.
2339 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
2340 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2341 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2342 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2343 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2344 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2345 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2346 }
2347
2348 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2349 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
2350 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
2351 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
2352 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002353 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2354 // @protected
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002355 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
2356 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002357 }
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002358
2359 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2360 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2361 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002362 }
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002363 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2364 << IDecl->getDeclName() << &Member
2365 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002366 }
Steve Naroff29d293b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002367 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2368 // is a reference to 'isa'.
Steve Naroffbbe4f962009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002369 if (Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroff29d293b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002370 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2371 Context.getObjCIdType()));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002372 }
Steve Naroff7bffd372009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002373 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
2374 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2375 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2376 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2377
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002378 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2379 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2380 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2381 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2382 // Check the use of this declaration
2383 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2384 return ExprError();
2385
2386 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2387 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2388 }
2389 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2390 // Check the use of this method.
2391 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2392 return ExprError();
2393
2394 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
2395 OMD->getResultType(),
2396 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2397 NULL, 0));
2398 }
2399 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002400
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002401 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2402 << &Member << BaseType);
2403 }
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002404 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2405 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002406 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
2407 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2408 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2409 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2410 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
2411
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002412 // Search for a declared property first.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002413 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002414 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2415 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2416 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002417 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2418 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002419 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian80ccaa92009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002420 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2421 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002422 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002423 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2424 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002425 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002426 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2427 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002428 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002429 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2430 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2431 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002432
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002433 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002434 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2435 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002436 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2437 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
2438 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
2439 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2440 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2441 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002442
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002443 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2444 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2445 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002446 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2447 // selector is implemented.
2448
2449 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2450 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2451
2452 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002453 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002454
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002455 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2456 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002457 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002458
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002459 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argiris Kirtzidis20096862009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002460 if (!Getter)
2461 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002462 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002463 // Check if we can reference this property.
2464 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2465 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002466 }
2467 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2468 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2469 Selector SetterSel =
2470 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2471 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002472 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002473 if (!Setter) {
2474 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2475 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002476 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002477 }
2478 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argiris Kirtzidis20096862009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002479 if (!Setter)
2480 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002481
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002482 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2483 return ExprError();
2484
2485 if (Getter || Setter) {
2486 QualType PType;
2487
2488 if (Getter)
2489 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2490 else {
2491 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2492 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2493 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2494 }
2495 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2496 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2497 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2498 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002499 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2500 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002501 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002502
Steve Naroff29d293b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002503 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
2504 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2505 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Steve Naroffbbe4f962009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002506 Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroff29d293b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002507 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2508 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2509
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002510 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002511 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002512 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2513 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002514 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002515 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002516 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002517 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002518
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002519 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2520 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2521
2522 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2523 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2524 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2525 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2526 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2527 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002528 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002529 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2530 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2531 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2532 }
2533
2534 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002535}
2536
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002537/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2538/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2539/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2540/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2541/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2542/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002543bool
2544Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002545 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002546 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002547 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2548 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002549 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002550 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2551 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2552 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002553 bool Invalid = false;
2554
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002555 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2556 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2557 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2558 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2559 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2560 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2561 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2562 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002563 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002564 }
2565
2566 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2567 // them.
2568 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2569 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2570 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2571 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2572 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2573 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2574 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2575 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002576 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002577 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002578 }
2579 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2580 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002581
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002582 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2583 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2584 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002585
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002586 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002587 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002588 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002589
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002590 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2591 ProtoArgType,
2592 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2593 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2594 return true;
2595
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002596 // Pass the argument.
2597 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2598 return true;
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002599 } else {
2600 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2601 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2602 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2603 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2604 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2605 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002606 } else {
2607 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2608
2609 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2610 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2611 // be properly destroyed.
2612 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2613 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2614 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2615 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2616 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2617 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2618 }
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002619 }
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002620
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002621 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002622 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002623 }
2624
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002625 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002626
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002627 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2628 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002629
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002630 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2631 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002632 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2633 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2634 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2635 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2636 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2637
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002638 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2639 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2640 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002641 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002642 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2643 }
2644 }
2645
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002646 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002647}
2648
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002649/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002650/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2651/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002652Action::OwningExprResult
2653Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2654 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002655 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002656 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002657 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002658 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002659 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002660 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002661 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002662 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002663
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002664 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002665 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002666 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002667 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2668 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002669 bool Dependent = false;
2670 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2671 Dependent = true;
2672 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2673 Dependent = true;
2674
2675 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002676 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002677 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2678
2679 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2680 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2681 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2682 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2683
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002684 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002685 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2686 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2687 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2688 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2689 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2690 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2691 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002692 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2693 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002694 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002695 }
2696
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002697 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002698 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2699 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002700 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2701 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002702 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2703 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2704 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002705 while (true) {
2706 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2707 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2708 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002709 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002710 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002711 ADL = false;
2712 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2713 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002714 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002715 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2716 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002717 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002718 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2719 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002720 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002721 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002722 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002723 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2724 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2725 break;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002726 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2727 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2728 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor6631cb42009-07-29 18:26:50 +00002729 if (!NDecl)
2730 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002731 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
2732 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2733 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2734
2735 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2736 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2737 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2738 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2739 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2740 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2741 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2742 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2743 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2744 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2745 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2746 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2747 //
2748 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2749 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2750 // is still possible.
2751 if (TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())
2752 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002753 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002754 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002755 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2756 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2757 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002758 break;
2759 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002760 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002761
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002762 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002763 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002764 if (NDecl) {
2765 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2766 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002767 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2768 else
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002769 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2770 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002771 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002772
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002773 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2774 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002775 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002776 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002777 ADL = false;
2778
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002779 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2780 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2781 ADL = false;
2782
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002783 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002784 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
2785 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2786 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2787 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2788 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2789 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002790 if (!FDecl)
2791 return ExprError();
2792
2793 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2794 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002795 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002796 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002797 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2798 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2799 false, false,
2800 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2801 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002802 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002803 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002804 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2805 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2806 Fn = NewFn;
2807 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002808 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002809
2810 // Promote the function operand.
2811 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2812
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002813 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2814 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002815 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2816 Args, NumArgs,
2817 Context.BoolTy,
2818 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002819
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002820 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2821 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2822 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2823 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002824 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002825 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002826 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2827 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002828 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2829 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002830 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002831 getAsFunctionType();
2832 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002833 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002834 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2835 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2836
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002837 // Check for a valid return type
2838 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2839 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2840 FuncT->getResultType(),
2841 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2842 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2843 return ExprError();
2844
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002845 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002846 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002847
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002848 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002849 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002850 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002851 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002852 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002853 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002854
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002855 if (FDecl) {
2856 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2857 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2858 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argiris Kirtzidisccb9efe2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002859 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanf7ed7812009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002860 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2861 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2862 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2863 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2864 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2865 }
2866 }
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002867 }
2868
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002869 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002870 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2871 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2872 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002873 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2874 Arg->getType(),
2875 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2876 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2877 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002878 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002879 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002880 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002881
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002882 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2883 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002884 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2885 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002886
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002887 // Check for sentinels
2888 if (NDecl)
2889 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002890 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002891 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002892 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanianf83c85f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002893 if (NDecl)
2894 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002895
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002896 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002897}
2898
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002899Action::OwningExprResult
2900Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2901 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002902 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002903 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2904 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002905 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002906 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002907
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002908 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002909 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002910 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2911 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregored71c542009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002912 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2913 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2914 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002915 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002916 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002917
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002918 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002919 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002920 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002921
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002922 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002923 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002924 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002925 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002926 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002927 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002928 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002929 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002930}
2931
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002932Action::OwningExprResult
2933Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002934 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2935 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2936 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002937
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002938 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002939 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002940
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002941 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002942 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002943 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002944 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002945}
2946
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002947/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlc358b622009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002948bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
2949 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl0e35d042009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002950 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Sebastian Redlc358b622009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002951 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl0e35d042009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002952
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002953 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2954
2955 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2956 // type needs to be scalar.
2957 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2958 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
2959 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002960 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2961 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2962 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2963 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002964 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002965 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2966 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2967 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2968 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002969 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002970 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002971 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002972 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2973 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2974 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2975 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2976 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2977 break;
2978 }
2979 }
2980 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2981 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2982 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2983 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002984 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002985 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002986 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002987 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002988 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002989 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002990 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2991 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002992 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002993 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
2994 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002995 return true;
2996 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2997 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2998 return true;
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002999 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3000 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
3001 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00003002 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003003 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003004 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
3005 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3006 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3007 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3008 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3009 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3010 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3011 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3012 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3013 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3014 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003015 }
Fariborz Jahanian4862e872009-05-22 21:42:52 +00003016 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3017 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003018 return false;
3019}
3020
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00003021bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003022 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003023
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003024 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003025 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003026 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003027 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003028 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003029 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003030 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003031 } else
3032 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003033 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003034 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003035
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003036 return false;
3037}
3038
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003039bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3040 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
3041
Nate Begeman9e063702009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003042 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3043 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003044 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3045 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3046 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3047 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3048 return false;
3049 }
3050
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003051 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003052 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3053 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003054 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3055 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3056 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3057 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003058 return false;
3059}
3060
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003061Action::OwningExprResult
3062Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3063 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3064 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3065 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003066
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003067 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003068 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
3069
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003070 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003071 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl0e35d042009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003072 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Anders Carlsson7ef181c2009-07-31 00:48:10 +00003073 CastExpr::CK_Unknown, castExpr,
3074 castType, LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003075}
3076
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003077/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3078/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003079/// C99 6.5.15
3080QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3081 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003082 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3083 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3084 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3085
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003086 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3087 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3088 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3089 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3090 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3091 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003092
3093 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003094 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3095 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3096 << CondTy;
3097 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003098 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003099
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003100 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003101
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003102 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3103 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003104 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3105 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3106 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003107 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003108
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003109 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3110 // type.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003111 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3112 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003113 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003114 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003115 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003116 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003117 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003118 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003119
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003120 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003121 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003122 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3123 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3124 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3125 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3126 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3127 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3128 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3129 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3130 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003131 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003132 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003133 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3134 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003135 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003136 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3137 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3138 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003139 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003140 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003141 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3142 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3143 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003144 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003145 // Handle block pointer types.
3146 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3147 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3148 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3149 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3150 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
3151 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3152 return destType;
3153 }
3154 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3155 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3156 return QualType();
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003157 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003158 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3159 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3160 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003161 return LHSTy;
3162 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003163 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003164 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3165 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003166
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003167 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3168 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003169 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3170 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3171 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3172 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3173 // to get a consistent AST.
3174 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3175 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3176 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3177 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003178 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003179 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3180 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3181 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003182 return LHSTy;
3183 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003184 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003185 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003186
3187 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3188 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3189 return LHSTy;
3190 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003191 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
3192 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003193 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
3194
3195 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3196 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3197 // type. This allows
3198 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3199 // where B is a subclass of A.
3200 //
3201 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3202 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3203 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3204 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3205
3206 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3207 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003208 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003209 compositeType = LHSTy;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003210 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003211 compositeType = RHSTy;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003212 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
3213 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff99eb86b2009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003214 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003215 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
3216 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3217 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3218 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3219 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3220 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003221 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3222 } else {
3223 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3224 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3225 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3226 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3227 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3228 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3229 return incompatTy;
3230 }
3231 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3232 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3233 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3234 return compositeType;
3235 }
Steve Naroff4ace8ac2009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003236 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3237 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003238 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff4ace8ac2009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003239 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3240 QualType destPointee = lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3241 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3242 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3243 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3244 return destType;
3245 }
3246 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3247 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003248 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff4ace8ac2009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003249 QualType destPointee = rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3250 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3251 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3252 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3253 return destType;
3254 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003255 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3256 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3257 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003258 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3259 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003260
3261 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3262 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3263 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3264 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3265 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3266 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3267 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3268 return destType;
3269 }
3270 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3271 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3272 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3273 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3274 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3275 return destType;
3276 }
3277
3278 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3279 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3280 return LHSTy;
3281 }
3282 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3283 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3284 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3285 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3286 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3287 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3288 // to get a consistent AST.
3289 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3290 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3291 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3292 return incompatTy;
3293 }
3294 // The pointer types are compatible.
3295 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3296 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3297 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3298 // type.
3299 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3300 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3301 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3302 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3303 return LHSTy;
3304 }
3305
3306 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3307 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3308 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3309 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3310 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3311 return RHSTy;
3312 }
3313 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3314 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3315 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3316 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3317 return LHSTy;
3318 }
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003319
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003320 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003321 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3322 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003323 return QualType();
3324}
3325
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003326/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003327/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003328Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3329 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3330 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3331 ExprArg RHS) {
3332 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3333 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003334
3335 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3336 // was the condition.
3337 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3338 if (isLHSNull)
3339 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003340
3341 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003342 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
3343 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003344 return ExprError();
3345
3346 Cond.release();
3347 LHS.release();
3348 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003349 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003350 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3351 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003352}
3353
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003354// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003355// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003356// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3357// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3358// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003359Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003360Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3361 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003362
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003363 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003364 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3365 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003366
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003367 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003368 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3369 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003370
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003371 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003372
3373 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3374 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3375 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003376 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003377 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003378 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003379
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003380 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3381 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003382 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003383 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003384 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003385 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003386
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003387 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003388 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3389 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003390 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003391
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003392 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003393 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003394 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003395
3396 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003397 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3398 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003399 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003400 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003401 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003402 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3403 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3404 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3405 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3406 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3407 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3408 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3409 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3410 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3411 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3412 }
3413 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3414 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3415 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3416 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3417 }
3418 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3419 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3420 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3421 // warning can be disabled.
3422 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3423 return ConvTy;
3424 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3425 }
3426 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3427 return IncompatiblePointer;
3428 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003429 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003430}
3431
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003432/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3433/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3434/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3435// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003436Sema::AssignConvertType
3437Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003438 QualType rhsType) {
3439 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003440
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003441 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003442 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3443 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003444
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003445 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3446 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3447 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003448
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003449 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003450
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003451 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3452 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3453 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003454
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003455 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003456 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003457 return ConvTy;
3458}
3459
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003460/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3461/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003462/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3463///
3464/// int a, *pint;
3465/// short *pshort;
3466/// struct foo *pfoo;
3467///
3468/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3469/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3470/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3471/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3472///
3473/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003474/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003475///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003476Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003477Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003478 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3479 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003480 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3481 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003482
3483 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003484 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003485
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003486 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3487 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3488 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3489 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3490 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3491 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3492 // type.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003493 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003494 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003495 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003496 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003497 }
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003498 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3499 // to the same ExtVector type.
3500 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3501 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3502 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3503 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3504 return Compatible;
3505 }
3506
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003507 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003508 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003509 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003510 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003511 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3512 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003513 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003514 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003515 }
3516 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003517 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003518
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003519 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003520 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003521
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003522 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003523 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003524 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003525
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003526 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003527 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003528
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003529 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003530 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003531 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3532 return Compatible;
3533 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003534 }
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003535 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3536 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003537 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003538
3539 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003540 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003541 return Compatible;
3542 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003543 return Incompatible;
3544 }
3545
3546 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3547 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003548 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003549
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003550 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003551 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003552 return Compatible;
3553
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003554 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3555 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003556
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003557 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003558 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003559 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003560 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003561 return Incompatible;
3562 }
3563
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003564 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3565 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3566 return IntToPointer;
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003567
3568 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003569 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003570 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3571 return Compatible;
3572 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003573 }
3574 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7bffd372009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003575 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3576 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003577 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3578 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff99eb86b2009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003579 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3580 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003581 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003582 }
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003583 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003584 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3585 return Compatible;
3586 }
3587 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3588 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3589 return Compatible;
3590 return Incompatible;
3591 }
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003592 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003593 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003594 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3595 return Compatible;
3596
3597 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003598 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003599
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003600 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003601 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003602
3603 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003604 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003605 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003606 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003607 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003608 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3609 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3610 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3611 return Compatible;
3612
3613 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3614 return PointerToInt;
3615
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003616 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003617 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003618 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3619 return Compatible;
3620 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003621 }
3622 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003623 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003624 return Compatible;
3625 return Incompatible;
3626 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003627
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003628 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003629 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003630 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003631 }
3632 return Incompatible;
3633}
3634
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003635/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3636/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3637static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3638 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3639 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3640 // of the transparent union.
3641 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3642 &E, 1,
3643 SourceLocation());
3644 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3645 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3646
3647 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3648 // union type from this initializer list.
3649 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3650 false);
3651}
3652
3653Sema::AssignConvertType
3654Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3655 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3656
3657 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3658 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3659 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003660 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003661 return Incompatible;
3662
3663 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3664 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3665 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3666 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003667 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3668 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003669 it != itend; ++it) {
3670 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3671 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3672 // 1) void pointer
3673 // 2) null pointer constant
3674 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003675 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003676 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3677 InitField = *it;
3678 break;
3679 }
3680
3681 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3682 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3683 InitField = *it;
3684 break;
3685 }
3686 }
3687
3688 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3689 == Compatible) {
3690 InitField = *it;
3691 break;
3692 }
3693 }
3694
3695 if (!InitField)
3696 return Incompatible;
3697
3698 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3699 return Compatible;
3700}
3701
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003702Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003703Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003704 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3705 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3706 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3707 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3708 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003709 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3710 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003711 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003712 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003713 }
3714
3715 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3716 // structures.
3717 }
3718
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003719 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3720 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003721 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003722 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003723 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003724 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003725 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003726 return Compatible;
3727 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003728
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003729 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003730 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003731 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003732 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003733 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003734 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003735 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3736 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003737
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003738 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3739 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003740
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003741 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3742 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003743 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3744 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3745 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3746 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003747 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003748 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003749 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003750}
3751
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003752QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003753 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003754 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003755 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003756 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003757}
3758
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003759inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003760 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003761 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003762 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003763 QualType lhsType =
3764 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3765 QualType rhsType =
3766 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003767
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003768 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003769 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003770 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003771
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003772 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3773 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003774 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3775 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3776 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003777 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3778 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003779 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003780 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003781 }
3782 }
3783 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003784
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003785 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3786 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3787 bool swapped = false;
3788 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3789 swapped = true;
3790 std::swap(rex, lex);
3791 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3792 }
3793
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003794 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003795 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3796 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3797 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3798 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003799 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003800 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3801 return lhsType;
3802 }
3803 }
3804 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3805 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3806 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003807 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003808 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3809 return lhsType;
3810 }
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003811 }
3812 }
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003813
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003814 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003815 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003816 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003817 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003818 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003819}
3820
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003821inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003822 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003823{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003824 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003825 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003826
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003827 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003828
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003829 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003830 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003831 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003832}
3833
3834inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003835 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003836{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003837 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3838 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3839 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3840 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3841 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003842
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003843 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003844
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003845 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003846 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003847 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003848}
3849
3850inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003851 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003852{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003853 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3854 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3855 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3856 return compType;
3857 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003858
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003859 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003860
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003861 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003862 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3863 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3864 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003865 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003866 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003867
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003868 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3869 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003870 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003871 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3872
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003873 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003874
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003875 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003876 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003877
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003878 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3879 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003880 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3881 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003882 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003883 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003884 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003885
3886 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3887 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3888 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003889 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003890 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3891 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3892 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3893 return QualType();
3894 }
3895
3896 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3897 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3898 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3fc227b2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003899 } else {
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003900 // Check if we require a complete type.
3901 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff3fc227b2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003902 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003903 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
3904 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
3905 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3906 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3907 PExp->getType()))
3908 return QualType();
3909 }
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003910 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3911 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3912 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3913 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3914 return QualType();
3915 }
3916
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003917 if (CompLHSTy) {
3918 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3919 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3920 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003921 else {
3922 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3923 if (!T.isNull())
3924 LHSTy = T;
3925 }
3926
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003927 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3928 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003929 return PExp->getType();
3930 }
3931 }
3932
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003933 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003934}
3935
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003936// C99 6.5.6
3937QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003938 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3939 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3940 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3941 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3942 return compType;
3943 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003944
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003945 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003946
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003947 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003948
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003949 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003950 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3951 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003952 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003953 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003954 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003955
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003956 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003957 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7982a642009-07-13 17:19:15 +00003958 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003959
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003960 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003961
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003962 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3963 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3964 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3965 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3966 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3967 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3968 return QualType();
3969 }
3970
3971 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3972 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3973 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3974 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3975 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003976 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003977 return QualType();
3978 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003979
3980 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3981 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3982 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3983 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3984 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3985 lex->getSourceRange(),
3986 SourceRange(),
3987 lex->getType()))
3988 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003989
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003990 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3991 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3992 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3993 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3994 return QualType();
3995 }
3996
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003997 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003998 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3999 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4000 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4001 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4002 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4003 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4004 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4005 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4006
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004007 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004008 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004009 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004010
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004011 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004012 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004013 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004014
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004015 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4016 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4017 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4018 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4019 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4020 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4021 return QualType();
4022 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004023
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004024 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4025 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4026 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4027 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004028 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004029 return QualType();
4030 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004031
4032 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4033 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4034 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4035 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4036 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
4037 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4038 rex->getSourceRange(),
4039 SourceRange(),
4040 rex->getType()))
4041 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004042
Eli Friedman143ddc92009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004043 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4044 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4045 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4046 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4047 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4048 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4049 return QualType();
4050 }
4051 } else {
4052 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4053 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4054 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4055 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4056 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4057 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4058 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4059 return QualType();
4060 }
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004061 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004062
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004063 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4064 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4065 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4066 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4067 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4068 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4069 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004070
4071 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004072 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4073 }
4074 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004075
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004076 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004077}
4078
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004079// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004080QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004081 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004082 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4083 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004084 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004085
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004086 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4087 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004088 QualType LHSTy;
4089 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
4090 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004091 else {
4092 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
4093 if (LHSTy.isNull())
4094 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4095 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004096 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004097 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4098
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004099 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004100
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004101 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004102 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004103}
4104
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004105// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004106QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004107 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4108 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4109
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004110 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004111 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004112
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004113 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004114 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4115 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4116 else {
4117 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4118 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4119 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004120 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4121 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004122
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004123 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4124 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004125 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4126 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4127 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004128 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
4129 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004130 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4131 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4132 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4133 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004134 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4135 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004136 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004137
4138 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4139 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4140 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4141 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4142
4143 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4144 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004145 Expr *literalString = 0;
4146 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004147 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004148 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4149 literalString = lex;
4150 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004151 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4152 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
4153 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004154 literalString = rex;
4155 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4156 }
4157
4158 if (literalString) {
4159 std::string resultComparison;
4160 switch (Opc) {
4161 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4162 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4163 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4164 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4165 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4166 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4167 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4168 }
4169 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4170 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4171 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004172 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4173 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4174 "strcmp(")
4175 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4176 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004177 resultComparison);
4178 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004179 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004180
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004181 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004182 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004183
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004184 if (isRelational) {
4185 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004186 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004187 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004188 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004189 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004190 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004191 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004192 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004193
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004194 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004195 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004196 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004197
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004198 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4199 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004200
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004201 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4202 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4203 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004204 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004205 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004206 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004207 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004208 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004209
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004210 if (isRelational) {
4211 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() || rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004212 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4213 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4214 }
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004215 if (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() != RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
4216 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4217 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4218 }
4219 } else {
4220 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() != rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4221 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
4222 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4223 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4224 }
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004225 }
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004226
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004227 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4228 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4229 return ResultTy;
4230
4231 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4232 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4233 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4234 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4235 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4236 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4237 //
4238 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4239 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004240 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004241 if (T.isNull()) {
4242 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4243 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4244 return QualType();
4245 }
4246
4247 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4248 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4249 return ResultTy;
4250 }
4251
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004252 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004253 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4254 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004255 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004256 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004257 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004258 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004259 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004260 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004261 }
Sebastian Redl5d0ead72009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004262 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4263 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4264 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4265 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4266 return ResultTy;
4267 }
4268 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4269 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4270 return ResultTy;
4271 }
4272 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4273 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4274 return ResultTy;
4275 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004276 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004277 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004278 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4279 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004280
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004281 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004282 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004283 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004284 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004285 }
4286 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004287 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004288 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004289 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004290 if (!isRelational
4291 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4292 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004293 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004294 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004295 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004296 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004297 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4298 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4299 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004300 }
4301 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004302 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004303 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004304
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004305 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004306 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004307 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4308 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004309 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004310 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004311 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004312 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004313
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004314 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4315 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004316 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004317 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004318 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004319 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004320 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004321 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004322 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4323 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
4324 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4325 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4326 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004327 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004328 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004329 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004330 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004331 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004332 if (isRelational)
4333 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4334 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4335 else if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004336 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004337 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004338 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004339 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004340 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004341 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004342 if (isRelational)
4343 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4344 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4345 else if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004346 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004347 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004348 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004349 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004350 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004351 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004352 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4353 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004354 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004355 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004356 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004357 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4358 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004359 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004360 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004361 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004362 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004363}
4364
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004365/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004366/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004367/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4368/// types.
4369QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004370 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004371 bool isRelational) {
4372 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4373 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004374 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004375 if (vType.isNull())
4376 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004377
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004378 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4379 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004380
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004381 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4382 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4383 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4384 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4385 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4386 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4387 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004388 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004389 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004390
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004391 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4392 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4393 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004394 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004395 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004396
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004397 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4398 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4399 // elements for floating point vectors.
4400 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4401 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004402
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004403 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004404 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004405 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004406 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004407 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004408 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4409
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004410 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004411 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004412 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4413}
4414
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004415inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004416 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004417{
4418 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004419 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004420
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004421 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004422
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004423 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004424 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004425 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004426}
4427
4428inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004429 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004430{
4431 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4432 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004433
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004434 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004435 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004436 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004437}
4438
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004439/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4440/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4441/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4442///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004443static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004444{
4445 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4446 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4447 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4448 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004449 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
4450 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4451 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4452 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4453 return true;
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004454 }
4455 }
4456 return false;
4457}
4458
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004459/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4460/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4461static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004462 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4463 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4464 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004465 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4466 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004467 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4468 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004469
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004470 unsigned Diag = 0;
4471 bool NeedType = false;
4472 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4473 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4474 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004475 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004476 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4477 NeedType = true;
4478 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004479 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004480 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4481 NeedType = true;
4482 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004483 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004484 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4485 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004486 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004487 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4488 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004489 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4490 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004491 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004492 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4493 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004494 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004495 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4496 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004497 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004498 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4499 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004500 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4501 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4502 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004503 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4504 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4505 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004506 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004507
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004508 SourceRange Assign;
4509 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4510 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004511 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004512 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004513 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004514 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004515 return true;
4516}
4517
4518
4519
4520// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004521QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4522 SourceLocation Loc,
4523 QualType CompoundType) {
4524 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4525 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004526 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004527
4528 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4529 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004530
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004531 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004532 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004533 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004534 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004535 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4536 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4537 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroffad75bd22009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004538 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004539 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroffad75bd22009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004540 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004541 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004542
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004543 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4544 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4545 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004546 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004547 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4548 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4549 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4550 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4551 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004552 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004553 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004554 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4555 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4556 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004557 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4558 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004559 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4560 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4561 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004562 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004563 }
4564 } else {
4565 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb653af42009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004566 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004567 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004568
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004569 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4570 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004571 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004572
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004573 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4574 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004575 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004576 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4577 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004578 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004579 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004580 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004581}
4582
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004583// C99 6.5.17
4584QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004585 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004586 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004587
4588 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4589 // incomplete in C++).
4590
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004591 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004592}
4593
4594/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4595/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004596QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4597 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004598 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4599 return Context.DependentTy;
4600
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004601 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4602 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004603
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004604 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4605 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4606 if (!isInc) {
4607 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4608 return QualType();
4609 }
4610 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4611 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4612 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004613 // OK!
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004614 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4615 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004616
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004617 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004618 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004619 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4620 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4621 << Op->getSourceRange();
4622 return QualType();
4623 }
4624
4625 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004626 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004627 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004628 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4629 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4630 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4631 return QualType();
4632 }
4633
4634 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004635 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004636 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004637 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4638 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4639 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004640 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian4738ac52009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004641 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4642 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4643 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4644 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4645 return QualType();
4646 }
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004647 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4648 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4649 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004650 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004651 } else {
4652 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004653 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004654 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004655 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004656 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004657 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004658 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004659 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004660 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004661}
4662
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004663/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004664/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004665/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4666/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4667/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4668/// - &(x) => x
4669/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4670/// - &s.xx => s
4671/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4672/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4673/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4674/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004675static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004676 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004677 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004678 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004679 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004680 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004681 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4682 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4683 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004684 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004685 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004686 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004687 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004688 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004689 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4690 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004691 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4692 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4693 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4694 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4695 }
4696 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004697 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004698 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4699 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004700
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004701 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004702 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4703 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4704 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4705 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4706 default:
4707 return 0;
4708 }
4709 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004710 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004711 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004712 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004713 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4714 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004715 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004716 default:
4717 return 0;
4718 }
4719}
4720
4721/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004722/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004723/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004724/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004725/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004726/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004727/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004728QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004729 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4730 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4731
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004732 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4733 return Context.DependentTy;
4734
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004735 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4736 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4737 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4738 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4739 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4740 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4741 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4742 }
4743 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4744 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4745 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004746 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004747 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004748
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004749 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4750 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004751 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004752 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004753 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004754 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4755 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004756 return QualType();
4757 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004758 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004759 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4760 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4761 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004762 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004763 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4764 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004765 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004766 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004767 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004768 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianb35984a2009-07-07 18:50:52 +00004769 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
4770 // cannot take address of a property expression.
4771 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4772 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
4773 return QualType();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004774 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004775 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004776 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4777 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4778 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004779 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4780 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004781 return QualType();
4782 }
Douglas Gregor62f78762009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004783 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
4784 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004785 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004786 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004787 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004788 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4789 // scope qualifier for the class.
4790 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4791 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004792 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
4793 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
4794 Diag(OpLoc,
4795 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
4796 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
4797 return QualType();
4798 }
4799
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004800 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4801 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004802 }
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004803 }
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004804 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004805 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004806 // As above.
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004807 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4808 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4809 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4810 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004811 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004812 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004813
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004814 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4815 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4816 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4817 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4818 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4819 }
4820
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004821 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4822 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4823}
4824
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004825QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004826 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4827 return Context.DependentTy;
4828
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004829 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4830 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004831
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004832 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4833 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4834 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4835 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004836 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004837 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004838
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004839 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAsObjCObjectPointerType())
4840 return OPT->getPointeeType();
4841
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004842 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004843 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004844 return QualType();
4845}
4846
4847static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4848 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4849 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4850 switch (Kind) {
4851 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004852 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4853 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004854 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4855 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4856 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4857 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4858 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4859 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4860 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4861 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4862 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4863 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4864 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4865 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4866 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4867 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4868 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4869 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4870 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4871 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4872 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4873 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4874 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4875 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4876 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4877 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4878 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4879 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4880 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4881 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4882 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4883 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4884 }
4885 return Opc;
4886}
4887
4888static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4889 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4890 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4891 switch (Kind) {
4892 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4893 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4894 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4895 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4896 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4897 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4898 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4899 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4900 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004901 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4902 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4903 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4904 }
4905 return Opc;
4906}
4907
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004908/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4909/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4910/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004911Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4912 unsigned Op,
4913 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004914 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004915 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004916 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4917 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4918 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004919
4920 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004921 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4922 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4923 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004924 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4925 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4926 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4927 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4928 break;
4929 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004930 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4931 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4932 break;
4933 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4934 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4935 break;
4936 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4937 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4938 break;
4939 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4940 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4941 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004942 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004943 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4944 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4945 break;
4946 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4947 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4948 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4949 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004950 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004951 break;
4952 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4953 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004954 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004955 break;
4956 case BinaryOperator::And:
4957 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4958 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4959 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4960 break;
4961 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4962 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4963 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4964 break;
4965 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4966 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004967 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4968 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4969 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4970 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004971 break;
4972 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004973 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4974 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4975 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4976 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004977 break;
4978 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004979 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4980 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4981 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004982 break;
4983 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004984 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4985 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4986 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004987 break;
4988 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4989 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004990 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4991 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4992 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4993 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004994 break;
4995 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4996 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4997 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004998 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4999 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5000 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5001 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005002 break;
5003 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5004 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5005 break;
5006 }
5007 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005008 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005009 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005010 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5011 else
5012 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005013 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5014 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005015}
5016
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005017// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005018Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5019 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5020 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005021 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005022 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005023
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005024 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5025 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005026
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005027 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5028 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
5029 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5030 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5031 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5032 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5033 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005034 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005035 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5036 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5037 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5038 Functions);
5039 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
5040 DeclarationName OpName
5041 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5042 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005043 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005044
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005045 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5046 // binary operation.
5047 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005048 }
5049
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005050 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5051 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005052}
5053
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005054Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5055 unsigned OpcIn,
5056 ExprArg InputArg) {
5057 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005058
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005059 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005060 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005061 QualType resultType;
5062 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005063 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5064 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5065 break;
5066
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005067 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5068 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman79341142009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005069 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5070 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005071 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman79341142009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005072 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5073 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005074 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005075 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005076 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5077 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005078 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005079 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005080 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5081 break;
5082 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5083 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
5084 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5085 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005086 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5087 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005088 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5089 break;
5090 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5091 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5092 break;
5093 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5094 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5095 resultType->isPointerType())
5096 break;
5097
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005098 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5099 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005100 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
5101 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5102 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005103 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5104 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005105 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5106 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5107 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005108 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005109 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005110 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005111 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5112 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005113 break;
5114 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5115 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
5116 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5117 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005118 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5119 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005120 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005121 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5122 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005123 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005124 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5125 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005126 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005127 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005128 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005129 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005130 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005131 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005132 resultType = Input->getType();
5133 break;
5134 }
5135 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005136 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005137
5138 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005139 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005140}
5141
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005142// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5143Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5144 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5145 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5146 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5147
5148 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5149 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5150 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5151 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5152 // the arguments.
5153 FunctionSet Functions;
5154 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5155 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5156 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5157 Functions);
5158 DeclarationName OpName
5159 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5160 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5161 }
5162
5163 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5164 }
5165
5166 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5167}
5168
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005169/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005170Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5171 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5172 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005173 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005174 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005175
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005176 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5177 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005178 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005179 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005180
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005181 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005182 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5183 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005184}
5185
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005186Sema::OwningExprResult
5187Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5188 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5189 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005190 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5191 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5192
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005193 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005194 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005195 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005196
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005197 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5198 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5199 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005200
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005201 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5202 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5203 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005204
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005205 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5206 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5207 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5208 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5209 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005210
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005211 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005212 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005213 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005214
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005215 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5216 // expressions are not lvalues.
5217
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005218 substmt.release();
5219 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005220}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005221
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005222Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5223 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5224 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5225 TypeTy *argty,
5226 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5227 unsigned NumComponents,
5228 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5229 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5230 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005231 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
5232 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005233
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005234 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5235
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005236 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5237 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5238 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005239 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005240 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005241
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005242 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5243 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005244
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005245 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5246 // the offsetof designators.
5247 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5248 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005249 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005250 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005251
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005252 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5253 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005254 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5255 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005256 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005257 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5258 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005259
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005260 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005261 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005262
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005263 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5264 // leaks like a sieve.
5265 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5266 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5267 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5268 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5269 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5270 if (!AT) {
5271 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005272 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5273 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005274 }
5275
5276 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5277
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005278 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5279 // expression.
5280 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5281
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005282 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5283 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005284 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005285 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005286 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005287 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005288 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005289
5290 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5291 OC.LocEnd);
5292 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005293 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005294
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005295 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005296 if (!RC) {
5297 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005298 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5299 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005300 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005301
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005302 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5303 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005304 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005305 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005306 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5307 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5308 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005309 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5310 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005311 }
5312
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005313 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5314 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5315 LookupMemberName)
5316 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005317 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005318 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005319 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5320 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005321
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005322 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5323 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005324 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005325 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5326 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005327 } else {
5328 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5329 // doesn't matter here.
5330 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5331 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5332 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005333 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005334 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005335
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005336 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5337 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005338}
5339
5340
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005341Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5342 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5343 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005344 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5345 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005346
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005347 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005348
Douglas Gregore6211502009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005349 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5350 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5351 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5352 return ExprError();
5353 }
5354
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005355 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5356 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005357}
5358
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005359Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5360 ExprArg cond,
5361 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5362 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5363 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5364 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5365 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005366
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005367 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5368
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005369 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregordd4ae3f2009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005370 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005371 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5372 } else {
5373 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5374 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5375 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5376 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005377 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5378 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5379 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005380
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005381 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5382 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5383 }
5384
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005385 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5386 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5387 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005388}
5389
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005390//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5391// Clang Extensions.
5392//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5393
5394/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005395void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005396 // Analyze block parameters.
5397 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005398
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005399 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5400 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5401 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005402
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005403 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005404 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005405 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarc7ef2b92009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005406 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005407 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5408 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005409
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005410 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005411 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005412}
5413
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005414void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005415 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005416
5417 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5418 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005419 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005420 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5421
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005422 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5423 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5424 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5425 return;
5426 }
5427
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005428 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5429 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5430 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5431
5432 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5433 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005434 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005435 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005436 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005437 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005438 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5439 }
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005440 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5441
5442 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5443 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5444 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5445 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5446 return;
5447 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005448 return;
5449 }
5450
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005451 // Analyze arguments to block.
5452 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5453 "Not a function declarator!");
5454 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005455
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005456 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5457 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005458
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005459 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5460 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5461 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5462 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005463 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5464 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005465 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005466 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005467 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5468 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005469 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005470 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005471 }
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005472 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005473 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian536f73d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005474 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005475 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005476 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5477 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5478 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5479 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5480 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005481
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005482 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005483 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005484 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005485 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005486 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005487 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5488 }
5489
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005490 // Analyze the return type.
5491 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5492 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5493
5494 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5495 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5496 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5497 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5498 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005499 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005500}
5501
5502/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5503/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5504void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5505 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5506 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005507
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005508 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5509
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005510 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005511 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005512 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005513 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005514}
5515
5516/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5517/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005518Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5519 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005520 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5521 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5522 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5523
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005524 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5525 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005526
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005527 PopDeclContext();
5528
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005529 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5530 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005531
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005532 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005533 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5534 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005535
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005536 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5537 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5538 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005539
Mike Stump8e288f42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005540 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005541 QualType BlockTy;
5542 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump8e288f42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005543 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5544 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005545 else
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005546 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump8e288f42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005547 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5548 NoReturn);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005549
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005550 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005551 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005552 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005553
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005554 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5555 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5556 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5557 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5558
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005559 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump8e288f42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005560 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005561 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5562 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005563}
5564
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005565Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5566 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5567 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005568 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005569 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5570 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5571
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005572 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005573
5574 // Get the va_list type
5575 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005576 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5577 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5578 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5579 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005580 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005581 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5582 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5583 } else {
5584 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5585 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005586 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5587 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005588 return ExprError();
5589 }
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005590
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005591 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5592 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005593 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5594 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005595 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005596 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005597
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005598 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005599 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005600
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005601 expr.release();
5602 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5603 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005604}
5605
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005606Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005607 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5608 // pointers on the target.
5609 QualType Ty;
5610 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5611 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5612 else
5613 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5614
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005615 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005616}
5617
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005618bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5619 SourceLocation Loc,
5620 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5621 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5622 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5623 bool isInvalid = false;
5624 unsigned DiagKind;
5625 switch (ConvTy) {
5626 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5627 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005628 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005629 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5630 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005631 case IntToPointer:
5632 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5633 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005634 case IncompatiblePointer:
5635 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5636 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005637 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5638 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5639 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005640 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5641 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5642 break;
5643 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005644 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5645 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5646 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5647 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5648 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5649 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5650 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5651 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5652 // C++ semantics.
5653 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5654 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5655 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005656 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5657 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005658 case IntToBlockPointer:
5659 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5660 break;
5661 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005662 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005663 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005664 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005665 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005666 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5667 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5668 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005669 case IncompatibleVectors:
5670 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5671 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005672 case Incompatible:
5673 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5674 isInvalid = true;
5675 break;
5676 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005677
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005678 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5679 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005680 return isInvalid;
5681}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005682
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005683bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005684 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5685 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5686 if (Result)
5687 *Result = ICEResult;
5688 return false;
5689 }
5690
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005691 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5692
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005693 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005694 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5695 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5696
5697 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5698 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5699 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5700 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5701 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5702 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5703 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005704
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005705 return true;
5706 }
5707
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005708 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5709 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005710
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005711 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5712 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5713 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005714
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005715 if (Result)
5716 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5717 return false;
5718}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005719
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005720Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5721Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5722 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5723 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5724 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5725
5726 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5727 return NewContext;
5728}
5729
5730void
5731Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5732 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5733 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5734
5735 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5736 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5737 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5738 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5739 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5740 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5741 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5742
5743 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5744 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5745 I != IEnd; ++I)
5746 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5747 }
5748}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005749
5750/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5751///
5752/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5753/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5754/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5755/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5756///
5757/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5758///
5759/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5760void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5761 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5762
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005763 if (D->isUsed())
5764 return;
5765
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005766 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5767 // template or not.
5768 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5769 D->setUsed(true);
5770
5771 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5772 // an instantiation.
5773 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5774 return;
5775
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005776 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5777 case Unevaluated:
5778 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5779 return;
5780
5781 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5782 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5783 // "used"; handle this below.
5784 break;
5785
5786 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5787 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5788 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5789 // potentially evaluated.
5790 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5791 return;
5792 }
5793
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005794 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian8915a3d2009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005795 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian599778e2009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005796 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian2f5a0a32009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005797 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5798 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5799 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005800 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5801 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian599778e2009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005802 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5803 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5804 }
Fariborz Jahanian368cc6c2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005805 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5806 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5807 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5808
Fariborz Jahaniand67364c2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005809 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5810 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5811 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5812 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5813 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5814 }
5815 }
Fariborz Jahanianb12bd432009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005816 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor6f5e0542009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005817 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5818 // class templates.
Argiris Kirtzidisccb9efe2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00005819 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor6f5e0542009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005820 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5821 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5822 // instantiated, naturally).
5823 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5824 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregordcdb3842009-06-30 17:20:14 +00005825 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005826 }
5827
5828
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005829 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005830 Function->setUsed(true);
5831 return;
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005832 }
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005833
5834 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor181fe792009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005835 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
5836 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations (which we need to
5837 // actually instantiate) and explicit specializations.
5838 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
5839 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
5840 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
5841
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005842 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor181fe792009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005843
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005844 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor181fe792009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005845 return;
5846}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005847}
5848